blob: 8e54ef77b58faf392232a2cb5415d3a101ff774a [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
125/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
126/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
127/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
128/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
129/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
130Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
131 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
132 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
133
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000134 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
135 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
136 else
137 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
138
139 return Expr;
140}
141
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000142/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
143/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
144/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
145void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
146 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
147 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
148
149 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
150 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
151 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
152 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
153
154 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
155}
156
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000157/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
158/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
159/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
160/// completely illegal.
161bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000162 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
163
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000164 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
165 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
166 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
167 << Expr->getType() << CT;
168 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000169 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000170
171 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
172 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
173 << Expr->getType() << CT;
174
175 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000176}
177
178
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
180/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
181/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
182/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
183/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
184/// GCC.
185QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
186 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000187 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000189
190 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
193 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000194 QualType lhs =
195 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
196 QualType rhs =
197 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000198
199 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
200 if (lhs == rhs)
201 return lhs;
202
203 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
204 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
205 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
206 return lhs;
207
208 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000209 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000210 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000211 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000212 return destType;
213}
214
215QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
216 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
217 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
218 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
219 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
220 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000221 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
222 lhs = Context.IntTy;
223 else
224 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
225 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
226 rhs = Context.IntTy;
227 else
228 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000229
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
231 if (lhs == rhs)
232 return lhs;
233
234 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
235 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
236 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
237 return lhs;
238
239 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
240
241 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
242 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
243 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
244 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
245 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return lhs;
247 }
248 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
249 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000250 return rhs;
251 }
252 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
253 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
254 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
255 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
256 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
257 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
258 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
259 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
260 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
261 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
262 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
263
264 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
265 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
267 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000268 }
269 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
270 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
271 // does not require this promotion.
272 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
273 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 return rhs;
275 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
278 }
279 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
280 }
281 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
282 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
283 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000284 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return lhs;
287 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000288 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
289 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
290 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
291 }
292 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return rhs;
295 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000296 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
297 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
298 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
299 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000300 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
301 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
302 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000303 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
306 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 }
308 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
309 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
310 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
311 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
312
313 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
314 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000315 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
316 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000317 return rhs;
318 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
319 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 return lhs;
321 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
322 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000323 return rhs;
324 }
325 }
326 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
327 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
328 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
329 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
330 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
331 QualType destType;
332 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
333 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
334 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
335 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
336 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
337 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
338 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
339 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
340 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
341 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
342 // use the signed type.
343 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
344 } else {
345 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
346 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
347 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
348 // to the signed type.
349 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
350 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000351 return destType;
352}
353
354//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
355// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
356//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
357
358
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000359/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
361/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
362/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
363/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364///
365Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000366Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000367 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
368
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000369 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000370 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000371 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000372
373 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
374 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
375 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000377 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000378 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000380
381 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
383 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000384
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000385 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
386 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
387 // strings.
388 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000389 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000390 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000392 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000393 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
394 Literal.GetStringLength(),
395 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
396 &StringTokLocs[0],
397 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000398}
399
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
401/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
402/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
403/// for values inside the block or for globals).
404///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
406/// up-to-date.
407///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000408static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
409 ValueDecl *VD) {
410 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
411 // we wanted to.
412 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
416 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
417 return false;
418
419 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
420 // snapshot it.
421 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
422 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000423 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
424 return false;
425
426 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
427 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428
429 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
430 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
431 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
432 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
433 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
434 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
439
440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000444
445 return true;
446}
447
448
449
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000450/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000451/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000452/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000453/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000454/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000455Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
456 IdentifierInfo &II,
457 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000458 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
459 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
460 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000461 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000462}
463
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000464/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
465/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
466/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000467DeclRefExpr *
468Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
469 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
470 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000471 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000472 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
473 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000474 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000475 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000476 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000477}
478
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
480/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
481/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000482static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
483 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
485 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
486
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000487 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
489 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
490 // this even better.
491 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
493 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 D != DEnd; ++D) {
495 if (*D == Record) {
496 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
497 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
498 ++D;
499 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000500 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 return *D;
502 }
503 }
504
505 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
506 return 0;
507}
508
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000509/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
510/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
511/// actual member.
512///
513/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
514/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
515/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
516/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
517/// we found.
518///
519/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
520/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
521/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
522VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
523 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000524 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
525 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
526 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
527
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000528 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000529 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
530 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
531 do {
532 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000533 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 else {
537 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
538 break;
539 }
540 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
541 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
542 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000543
544 return BaseObject;
545}
546
547Sema::OwningExprResult
548Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
549 FieldDecl *Field,
550 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
551 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
552 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
553 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
554 AnonFields);
555
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
557 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
558 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
559 // found via name lookup.
560 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
561 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
562 if (BaseObject) {
563 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
564 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000565 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 ExtraQuals
569 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
570 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
571 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
572 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
573 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
574 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
575 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
576 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
577 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
578 }
579 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
586 QualType AnonFieldType
587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
597 }
598 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000599 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
600 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 }
602 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
603 }
604
605 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000606 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
607 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 }
609
610 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
611 // anonymous struct/union.
612 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
617 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
618 unsigned combinedQualifiers
619 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
620 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
621 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000622 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
623 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000624 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
625 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 }
627
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000628 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000629}
630
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000631/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
632/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
633/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
634/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
635/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
636/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
637/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
638/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
639/// forms.
640///
641/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
642/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
643/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
644/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000645///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000646/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
647/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
648/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
649/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000650Sema::OwningExprResult
651Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
652 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000653 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000654 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000655 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000656 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
657 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000658
659 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
660 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
661 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
662 // names a dependent type.
663 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000664 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
665 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000666 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000667 }
668
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000669 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
670 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000671
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000672 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
673 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
674 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
675 : SourceRange());
676 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000677 }
678
679 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000680
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000681 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
682 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
684 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000685 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
686 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000687 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
688 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
689 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000690 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000693 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
694 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000695 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000696 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
697 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000698
699 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
700 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
701 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
702 return ExprError();
703
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000704 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
705 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
706 // an error.
707 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
708 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
709 << IV->getDeclName());
710 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
711 // same name exists, use the global.
712 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000713 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
714 ClassDeclared != IFace)
715 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000716 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
717 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
718 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
719 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000720 return Owned(new (Context)
721 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000722 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000723 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000724 }
725 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000726 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
727 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
728 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000729 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000730 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
731 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000732 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
733 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000734 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000735 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000736 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000737 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000738 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000739 QualType T;
740
741 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
742 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
743 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
744 else
745 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000746 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000747 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000748 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000749
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000750 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
751 // argument-dependent lookup.
752 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
753 HasTrailingLParen;
754
755 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000756 // We've seen something of the form
757 //
758 // identifier(
759 //
760 // and we did not find any entity by the name
761 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
762 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
763 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
764 Context.OverloadTy,
765 Loc));
766 }
767
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000768 if (D == 0) {
769 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
770 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000771 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000772 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000773 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000774 else {
775 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
776 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000777 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000778 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
779 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000780 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
781 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000782 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
783 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000784 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000785 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000786 }
787 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000788
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000789 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
790 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
791 // not any specific instance's member.
792 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000793 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000794 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000795 QualType DType;
796 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
797 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
798 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
799 DType = Method->getType();
800 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
801 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
802 }
803 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
804 if (!DType.isNull()) {
805 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
806 // dependent.
807 bool Dependent = false;
808 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
809 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
810 if (DC->isRecord()) {
811 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
812 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
813 Dependent = true;
814 break;
815 }
816 }
817 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000818 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000819 }
820 }
821 }
822
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000823 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
824 // (C++ [class.union]).
825 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
826 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
827 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000828
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000829 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
830 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
831 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
832 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
833 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
834 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
835 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
836 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
837 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
838 QualType MemberType;
839 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
840 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
841 MemberType = FD->getType();
842
843 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
844 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
845 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
846 unsigned combinedQualifiers
847 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
848 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
849 }
850 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
851 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
852 Ctx = Method->getParent();
853 MemberType = Method->getType();
854 }
855 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
856 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
857 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
858 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
859 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
860 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
861 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
862 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
863 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
864 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
865 break;
866 }
867 }
868 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000869
870 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000871 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
872 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
873 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
874 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
875 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
876 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000877 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000878 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000879 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000880 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000881 }
882 }
883 }
884 }
885
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000886 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000887 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
888 if (MD->isStatic())
889 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000890 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
891 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000892 }
893
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000894 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
895 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
896 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
898 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000899 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000900
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000901 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000902 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000903 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000904 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000905 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000906 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000907
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000908 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000909 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000910 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
911 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000912 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
913 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
914 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000915 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000916
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000917 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
918 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
919 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
920 // that overload resolution actually selects.
921 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
922 return ExprError();
923
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000924 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000925 // Warn about constructs like:
926 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
927 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000928 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
929 Scope *CheckS = S;
930 while (CheckS) {
931 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000932 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000933 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000934 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
935 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000936 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000937 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
938 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000939 break;
940 }
941
942 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
943 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
944 if (CheckS)
945 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
946 }
947 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000948 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
949 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
950 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
951 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
952 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
953 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
954 // type.
955 QualType T = Func->getType();
956 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000957 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
958 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000959 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
960 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000961 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000962
963 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
964 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000965 return ExprError();
966
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000967 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
968 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
969 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
970 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000971 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000972 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
973 // as they do not get snapshotted.
974 //
975 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000976 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000977 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
978 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000979 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000980
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000981 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000982 ExprTy.addConst();
983 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000984 }
985 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
986 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000987
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000988 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000989 bool ValueDependent = false;
990 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
991 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
992 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
993 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
994 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
995 TypeDependent = true;
996 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
997 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
998 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
999 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1000 TypeDependent = true;
1001 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1002 // names a dependent type.
1003 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001004 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001005 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1006 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001007 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001008 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1009 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1010 TypeDependent = true;
1011 break;
1012 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001013 }
1014 }
1015 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001016
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001017 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1018 //
1019 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1020 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1021 if (TypeDependent)
1022 ValueDependent = true;
1023 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1024 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1025 ValueDependent = true;
1026 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1027 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1028 // (FIXME!).
1029 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001030
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001031 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1032 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001033}
1034
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001035Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1036 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001037 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001038
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001039 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001040 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001041 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1042 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1043 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001044 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001045
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001046 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1047 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001048 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001049 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1050 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001051 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1052 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1053 else {
1054 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1055 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1056 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1057 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058
1059
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001060 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001061 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001062 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001063 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001064}
1065
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001066Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001067 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1068 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1069 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1070 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001071
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001072 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1073 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1074 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001075 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001076
1077 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1078
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001079 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1080 Literal.isWide(),
1081 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001082}
1083
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001084Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1085 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001086 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1087 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001088 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001089 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001090 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001091 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001092 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001093
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001094 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001095 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1096 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001097 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001098
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001099 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1100 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001101
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001102 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1103 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1104 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001105 return ExprError();
1106
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001107 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001108
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001109 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001110 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001111 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001112 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001113 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001114 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001115 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001116 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001117
1118 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1119
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001120 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1121 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001122 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1123 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001124
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001125 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001126 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001127 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001128 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001129
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001130 // long long is a C99 feature.
1131 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001132 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001133 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1134
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001135 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001136 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001138 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1139 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1140 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001141 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1142 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001143 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001144 } else {
1145 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1146 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001148 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1149 // be an unsigned int.
1150 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1151
1152 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001153 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001154 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1155 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001156 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001157
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001158 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1159 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1160 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1161 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001162 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001163 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001164 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001165 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001166 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001167 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001170 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001171 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001172
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001173 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1174 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1175 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1176 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001177 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001178 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001179 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001180 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001181 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182 }
1183
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001184 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001185 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001186 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1189 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1190 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1191 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001192 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001194 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001195 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001196 }
1197 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001198
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1200 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001201 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001202 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001203 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001204 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001205 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001206
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001207 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1208 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001209 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001210 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001211 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001213 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1214 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001215 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1216 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001217
1218 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001219}
1220
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001221Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1222 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001223 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001224 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001225 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001226}
1227
1228/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1229/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001230bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001231 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1232 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1233 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001234 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1235 return false;
1236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001237 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001238 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001239 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001240 if (isSizeof)
1241 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1242 return false;
1243 }
1244
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001245 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001246 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001247 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1248 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001249 return false;
1250 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001251
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001252 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1253 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1254 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1255 ExprRange))
1256 return true;
1257
1258 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001259 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001260 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001261 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1262 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001263 }
1264
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001265 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266}
1267
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001268bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1269 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1270 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001271
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001272 // alignof decl is always ok.
1273 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1274 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001275
1276 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1277 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1278 return false;
1279
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001280 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1281 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1282 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001283 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001284 return true;
1285 }
1286 // Other fields are ok.
1287 return false;
1288 }
1289 }
1290 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1291}
1292
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001293/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1294Action::OwningExprResult
1295Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1296 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1297 if (T.isNull())
1298 return ExprError();
1299
1300 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1301 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1302 return ExprError();
1303
1304 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1305 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1306 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1307 R.getEnd()));
1308}
1309
1310/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1311/// operand.
1312Action::OwningExprResult
1313Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1314 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1315 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1316 bool isInvalid = false;
1317 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1318 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1319 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1320 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1321 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1322 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1323 isInvalid = true;
1324 } else {
1325 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1326 }
1327
1328 if (isInvalid)
1329 return ExprError();
1330
1331 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1332 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1333 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1334 R.getEnd()));
1335}
1336
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001337/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1338/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1339/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001340Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001341Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1342 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001343 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001344 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001345
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001346 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001347 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1348 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1349 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001350
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001351 // Get the end location.
1352 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1353 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1354 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1355
1356 if (Result.isInvalid())
1357 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1358
1359 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001360}
1361
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001362QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001363 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1364 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001365
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001366 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001367 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1368 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001369
1370 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1371 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1372 return V->getType();
1373
1374 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001375 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1376 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001377 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001378}
1379
1380
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001381
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001382Action::OwningExprResult
1383Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1384 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1385 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001386
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001387 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1388 switch (Kind) {
1389 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1390 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1391 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1392 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001393
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1395 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1396 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001397 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001398 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1399
1400 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1401 //
1402 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1403 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1404 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1405 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1406 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1407 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1408 // argument will have value zero.
1409 Expr *Args[2] = {
1410 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001411 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1412 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001413 };
1414
1415 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1416 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001417 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001418
1419 // Perform overload resolution.
1420 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1421 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1422 case OR_Success: {
1423 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1424 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1425
1426 if (FnDecl) {
1427 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1428 // operator.
1429
1430 // Convert the arguments.
1431 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1432 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001433 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001434 } else {
1435 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001436 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001437 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1438 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001439 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001440 }
1441
1442 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001443 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001444 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1445 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001446
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001447 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001448 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001449 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001450 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1451
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001452 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001453 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1454 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1455 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001456 } else {
1457 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1458 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1459 // operator node.
1460 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1461 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001462 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001463
1464 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001466 }
1467
1468 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1469 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1470 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1471 break;
1472
1473 case OR_Ambiguous:
1474 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1475 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1476 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1477 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001479
1480 case OR_Deleted:
1481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1482 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1483 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1484 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1485 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1486 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001487 }
1488
1489 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1490 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1491 // build a built-in operation.
1492 }
1493
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001494 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1495 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001496 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001497 return ExprError();
1498 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001499 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001500}
1501
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001502Action::OwningExprResult
1503Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1504 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1505 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1506 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001507
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001508 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001509 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001510 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1511 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1512 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001513 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1514 // to the candidate set.
1515 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1516 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001517 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1518 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001519
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001520 // Perform overload resolution.
1521 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1522 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1523 case OR_Success: {
1524 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1525 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1526
1527 if (FnDecl) {
1528 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1529 // operator.
1530
1531 // Convert the arguments.
1532 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1533 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1534 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1535 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1536 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001538 } else {
1539 // Convert the arguments.
1540 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1541 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1542 "passing") ||
1543 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1544 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1545 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001546 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001547 }
1548
1549 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001550 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001551 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1552 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001553
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001554 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001555 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1556 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001557 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1558
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001559 Base.release();
1560 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001561 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1562 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001563 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001564 } else {
1565 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1566 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1567 // operator node.
1568 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1569 "passing") ||
1570 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1571 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001572 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001573
1574 break;
1575 }
1576 }
1577
1578 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1579 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1580 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1581 break;
1582
1583 case OR_Ambiguous:
1584 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1585 << "[]"
1586 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1587 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001588 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001589
1590 case OR_Deleted:
1591 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1592 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1593 << "[]"
1594 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1595 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1596 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001597 }
1598
1599 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1600 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1601 // build a built-in operation.
1602 }
1603
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001604 // Perform default conversions.
1605 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1606 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001607
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001608 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001609
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001610 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001611 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001612 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001613 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001614 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1615 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001616 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1617 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1618 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1619 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1620 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001621 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1622 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001623 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001624 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001625 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001626 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1627 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001628 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001629 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1630 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001631 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001632
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001633 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1634 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001635 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1636 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1637 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1638 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1639 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1640 // force the promotion here.
1641 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1642 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1643 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1644 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1645
1646 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1647 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1648 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1649 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1650 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1651 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1652 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1653 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1654 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1655
1656 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1657 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1658 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001659 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001660 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1661 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001662 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001663 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001664 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001665 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1666 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001667
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001668 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1669 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1670 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1671 // incomplete types are not object types.
1672 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1673 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1674 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1675 return ExprError();
1676 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001677
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001678 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001679 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001680 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1681 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001682
1683 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1684 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1685 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1686 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1687 return ExprError();
1688 }
1689
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001690 Base.release();
1691 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001692 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001693 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001694}
1695
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001696QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001697CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001698 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001699 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001700
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001701 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1702 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001703
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001704 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001705 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1706 // to be selected.
1707 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001708
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001709 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1710 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1711 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001712
1713 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1714 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001715 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001716 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1717 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001718 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001719 do
1720 compStr++;
1721 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001722 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001723 do
1724 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001725 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001726 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001727
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001728 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001729 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1730 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001731 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1732 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001733 return QualType();
1734 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001735
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001736 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1737 // operates on.
1738 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1739 compStr = CompName.getName();
1740
1741 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001742 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001743
1744 while (*compStr) {
1745 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1746 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1747 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1748 return QualType();
1749 }
1750 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001751 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001752
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001753 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1754 // number of elements.
1755 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001756 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001757 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001758 return QualType();
1759 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001760
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001761 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001762 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001763 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001764 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001765 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001766 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1767 : CompName.getLength();
1768 if (HexSwizzle)
1769 CompSize--;
1770
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001771 if (CompSize == 1)
1772 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001773
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001774 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001775 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001776 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1777 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1778 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1779 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001780 }
1781 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001782}
1783
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001784static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1785 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001786 const Selector &Sel,
1787 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001788
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001789 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001790 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001791 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001792 return OMD;
1793
1794 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1795 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001796 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1797 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001798 return D;
1799 }
1800 return 0;
1801}
1802
1803static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1804 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001805 const Selector &Sel,
1806 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001807 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1808 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1809 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1810 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001811 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001812 GDecl = PD;
1813 break;
1814 }
1815 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001816 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001817 GDecl = OMD;
1818 break;
1819 }
1820 }
1821 if (!GDecl) {
1822 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1823 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1824 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001825 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001826 if (GDecl)
1827 return GDecl;
1828 }
1829 }
1830 return GDecl;
1831}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001832
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001833/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1834/// all base class implementations.
1835///
1836ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1837 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1838 const Selector &Sel) {
1839 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001840 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1841 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001842 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001843
1844 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1845 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1846 return Method;
1847}
1848
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001849Action::OwningExprResult
1850Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1851 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001852 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001853 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001854 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001855 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001856
1857 // Perform default conversions.
1858 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001860 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1861 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001862
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001863 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1864 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001865 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001866 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001867 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001868 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001869 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1870 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001871 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001872 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1873 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1874 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001875 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001876
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001877 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1878 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001879 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001880 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001881 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001882 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1883 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1884 return ExprError();
1885
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001886 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001887 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1888 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001889 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001890 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001891 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001892
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001893 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001894 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1895 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001896 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001897 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1898 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1899 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001900 }
1901
1902 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001903
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001904 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1905 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1906 // error cases.
1907 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1908 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001909
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001910 // Check the use of this field
1911 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1912 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001913
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001914 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001915 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1916 // (C++ [class.union]).
1917 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001918 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001919 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001920
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001921 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1922 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001923 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001924 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1925 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1926 else {
1927 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1928 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001929 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001930 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1931 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1932 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001933
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001934 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1935 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001936 }
1937
1938 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001939 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001940 Var, MemberLoc,
1941 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1942 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001943 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001944 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1945 MemberFn->getType()));
1946 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1947 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001948 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001949 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1950 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001951 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1952 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001953 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001954 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1955 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001956
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001957 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1958 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1959 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001960 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1961 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1962 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001963 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001964
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001965 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1966 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001967 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001968 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001969 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
1970 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001971 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001972 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1973 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1974 // error cases.
1975 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1976 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001977
1978 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1979 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1980 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001981 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1982 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001983 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1984 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1985 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001986 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1987 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1988 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1989 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1990 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1991 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1992 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001993 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001994 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1995 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1996 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1997 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1998 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1999 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002000 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002001
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002002 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002003 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002004 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002005 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2006 }
2007 // @protected
2008 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2009 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2010 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002011
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002012 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002013 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002014 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002015 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002016 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2017 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2018 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002019 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002020
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002021 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2022 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2023 const PointerType *PTy;
2024 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2025 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2026 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2027 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002028
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002029 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002030 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2031 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002032 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2033 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2034 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002035
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002036 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002037 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2038 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002039
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002040 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002041 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2042 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002043 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2044 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002045 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2046 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2047 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002048
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002049 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002050 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2051 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002052
2053 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2054 // selector is implemented.
2055
2056 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2057 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2058
2059 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002060 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002061
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002062 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2063 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002064 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002065
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002066 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2067 if (!Getter) {
2068 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2069 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002070 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002071 }
2072 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002073 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002074 // Check if we can reference this property.
2075 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2076 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002077 }
2078 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2079 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2080 Selector SetterSel =
2081 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2082 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002083 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002084 if (!Setter) {
2085 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2086 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002087 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002088 }
2089 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2090 if (!Setter) {
2091 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2092 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002093 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002094 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002095 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002096
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002097 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2098 return ExprError();
2099
2100 if (Getter || Setter) {
2101 QualType PType;
2102
2103 if (Getter)
2104 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2105 else {
2106 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2107 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2108 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2109 }
2110 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2111 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2112 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2113 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002114 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2115 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002116 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002117 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2118 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2119 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2120 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002121 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002122 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002123 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002124 // Check the use of this declaration
2125 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2126 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002127
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002128 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002129 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2130 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002131 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002132 // Check the use of this method.
2133 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2134 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002135
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002136 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002137 OMD->getResultType(),
2138 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2139 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002140 }
2141 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002142
2143 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2144 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002145 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002146 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2147 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2148 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2149 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2150 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002151 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2152 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002153 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002154 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002155 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002156 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002157 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002158 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002159 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2160 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2161 Selector SetterSel =
2162 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2163 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002164 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002165 if (!Setter) {
2166 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2167 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002168 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002169 }
2170 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2171 if (!Setter) {
2172 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2173 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002174 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002175 }
2176 }
2177
2178 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2179 return ExprError();
2180
2181 if (Getter || Setter) {
2182 QualType PType;
2183
2184 if (Getter)
2185 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2186 else {
2187 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2188 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2189 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2190 }
2191 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2192 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2193 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2194 }
2195 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2196 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002197 }
2198 }
2199
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002200 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002201 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002202 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2203 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002205 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002206 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002207 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002208
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002209 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2210 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2211
2212 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2213 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2214 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2215 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2216 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2217 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2218 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2219 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2220 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2221 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2222 }
2223
2224 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002225}
2226
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002227/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2228/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2229/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2230/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2231/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2232/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002233bool
2234Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002235 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002236 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002237 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2238 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002239 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002240 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2241 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2242 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002243 bool Invalid = false;
2244
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002245 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2246 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2247 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2248 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2249 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2250 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2251 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2252 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002253 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002254 }
2255
2256 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2257 // them.
2258 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2259 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2260 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2261 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2262 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2263 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2264 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2265 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002266 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002267 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002268 }
2269 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2270 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002271
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002272 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2273 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2274 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002275
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002276 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002277 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002278 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002279
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002280 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2281 ProtoArgType,
2282 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2283 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2284 return true;
2285
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002286 // Pass the argument.
2287 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2288 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002289 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002290 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002291 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002292 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002293
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002294 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2295 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002296
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002297 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2298 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002299 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2300 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2301 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2302 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2303 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2304
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002305 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2306 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2307 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002308 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002309 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2310 }
2311 }
2312
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002313 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002314}
2315
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002316/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002317/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2318/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002319Action::OwningExprResult
2320Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2321 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002322 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002323 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002324 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002325 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002326 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002327 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002328 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002329
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002330 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002331 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002332 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002333 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2334 bool Dependent = false;
2335 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2336 Dependent = true;
2337 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2338 Dependent = true;
2339
2340 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002341 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002342 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2343
2344 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2345 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2346 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2347 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2348
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002349 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002350 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2351 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2352 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002353 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2354 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002355 }
2356
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002357 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002358 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002359 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2360 bool ADL = true;
2361 while (true) {
2362 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2363 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2364 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002365 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002366 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002367 ADL = false;
2368 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2369 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002370 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002371 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2372 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002373 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2374 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2375 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2376 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002377 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002378 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2379 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2380 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002381 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002382 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2383 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2384 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002385 break;
2386 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002387 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002388
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002389 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2390 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002391 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002392 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2393 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002394
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002395 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002396 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002397 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002398 ADL = false;
2399
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002400 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2401 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2402 ADL = false;
2403
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002404 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002405 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2406 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002407 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2408 if (!FDecl)
2409 return ExprError();
2410
2411 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2412 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002413 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002414 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002415 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2416 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2417 false, false,
2418 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2419 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002420 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002421 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002422 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2423 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2424 Fn = NewFn;
2425 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002426 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002427
2428 // Promote the function operand.
2429 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2430
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002431 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2432 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002433 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2434 Args, NumArgs,
2435 Context.BoolTy,
2436 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002437
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002438 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2439 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2440 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2441 // have type pointer to function".
2442 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2443 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002444 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2445 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002446 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2447 } else { // This is a block call.
2448 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2449 getAsFunctionType();
2450 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002451 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002452 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2453 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2454
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002455 // Check for a valid return type
2456 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2457 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2458 FuncT->getResultType(),
2459 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2460 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2461 return ExprError();
2462
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002463 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002464 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002465
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002466 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002467 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002469 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002470 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002471 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002472
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002473 if (FDecl) {
2474 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2475 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2476 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregor72971342009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002477 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002478 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2479 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2480 }
2481
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002482 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002483 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2484 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2485 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002486 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2487 Arg->getType(),
2488 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2489 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2490 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002491 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002492 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002493 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002494
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002495 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2496 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002497 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2498 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002499
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002500 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002501 if (FDecl)
2502 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002503
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002504 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002505}
2506
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002507Action::OwningExprResult
2508Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2509 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002510 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002511 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002512 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002513 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002514 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002515
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002516 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002517 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002518 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2519 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002520 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002521 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2522 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002523 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002524
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002525 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002526 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002527 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002528
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002529 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002530 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002531 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002532 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002533 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002534 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002535 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002536 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002537}
2538
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002539Action::OwningExprResult
2540Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002541 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2542 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2543 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002544
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002545 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002546 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002547
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002548 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002549 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002550 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002551 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002552}
2553
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002554/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002555bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002556 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2557
2558 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2559 // type needs to be scalar.
2560 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2561 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002562 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2563 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002564 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002565 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2566 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2567 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2568 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002569 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002570 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2571 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2572 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2573 // GCC cast to union extension
2574 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2575 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002576 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002577 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2578 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2579 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2580 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2581 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2582 break;
2583 }
2584 }
2585 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2586 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2587 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2588 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002589 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002590 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002591 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002592 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002593 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002594 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002595 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2596 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002597 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002598 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2599 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2600 return true;
2601 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2602 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2603 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002604 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002605 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002606 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2607 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2608 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2609 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2610 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2611 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2612 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2613 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2614 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2615 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2616 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002617 }
2618 return false;
2619}
2620
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002621bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002622 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002623
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002624 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002625 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002626 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002627 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002628 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002629 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002630 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002631 } else
2632 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002633 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002634 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002635
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002636 return false;
2637}
2638
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002639Action::OwningExprResult
2640Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2641 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2642 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2643 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002644
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002645 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002646 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2647
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002648 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002649 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002650 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002651 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002652}
2653
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002654/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2655/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002656/// C99 6.5.15
2657QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2658 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002659 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2660 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2661 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2662
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002663 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2664 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2665 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2666 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2667 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2668 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002669
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002670 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002671 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2672 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2673 << CondTy;
2674 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002675 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002676
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002677 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002678
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002679 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2680 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002681 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2682 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2683 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002684 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002685
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002686 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2687 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002688 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2689 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002690 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002691 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002692 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002693 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002694 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002695 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002696
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002697 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002698 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002699 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2700 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2701 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2702 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2703 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2704 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2705 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2706 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2707 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002708 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002709 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002710 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2711 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002712 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2713 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2714 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2715 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2716 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002717 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002718 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2719 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2720 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2721 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2722 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002723 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002724
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002725 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2726 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002727 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2728 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002729 // get the "pointed to" types
2730 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2731 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002732
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002733 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2734 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002735 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002736 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2737 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002738 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002739 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2740 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002741 return destType;
2742 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002743 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002744 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002745 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002746 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2747 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002748 return destType;
2749 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002750
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002751 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002752 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002753 return LHSTy;
2754 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002755
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002756 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002757
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002758 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2759 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002760 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002761 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002762 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2763 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2764 // type. This allows
2765 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2766 // where B is a subclass of A.
2767 //
2768 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2769 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2770 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2771 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2772
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002773 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002774 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002775 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2776 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2777 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2778 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002779 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002780 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002781 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002782 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002783 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2784 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002785 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2786 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002787 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002788 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002789 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002790 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002791 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2792 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002793 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002794 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002795 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002796 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002797 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2798 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002799 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2800 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2801 // to get a consistent AST.
2802 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002803 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2804 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002805 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002806 }
2807 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002808 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2809 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2810 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2811 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002812 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002813 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002814 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2815 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002816 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002817 }
2818 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002819
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002820 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2821 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2822 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2823 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2824 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2825 return RHSTy;
2826 }
2827 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2828 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2829 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2830 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2831 return LHSTy;
2832 }
2833
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002834 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2835 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2836 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2837 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002838
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002839 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2840 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002841 // id with statically typed objects).
2842 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002843 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2844 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2845 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002846 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002847 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002848 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2849 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2850 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002851 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2852 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2853 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2854 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2855 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2856 // cases. Investigate.
2857 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002858 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2859 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002860 return compositeType;
2861 }
2862 }
2863
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002864 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002865 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2866 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002867 return QualType();
2868}
2869
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002870/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002871/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002872Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2873 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2874 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2875 ExprArg RHS) {
2876 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2877 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002878
2879 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2880 // was the condition.
2881 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2882 if (isLHSNull)
2883 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002884
2885 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002886 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002887 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002888 return ExprError();
2889
2890 Cond.release();
2891 LHS.release();
2892 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002893 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002894 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2895 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002896}
2897
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002898
2899// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002900// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002901// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2902// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2903// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002904Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002905Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2906 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002907
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002908 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002909 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2910 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002911
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002912 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002913 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2914 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002915
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002916 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002917
2918 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2919 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2920 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002921 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002922 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002923 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002924
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002925 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2926 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002927 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002928 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002929 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002930 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002931
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002932 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002933 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2934 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002935 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002936
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002937 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002938 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002939 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002940
2941 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002942 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2943 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002944 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002945 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002946 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002947 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2948 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2949 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2950 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2951 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2952 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2953 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2954 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2955 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2956 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2957 }
2958 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2959 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2960 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2961 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2962 }
2963 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2964 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2965 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2966 // warning can be disabled.
2967 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2968 return ConvTy;
2969 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2970 }
2971 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2972 return IncompatiblePointer;
2973 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002974 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002975}
2976
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002977/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2978/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2979/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2980// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981Sema::AssignConvertType
2982Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002983 QualType rhsType) {
2984 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002985
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002986 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2987 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002988 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2989
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002990 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2991 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2992 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002993
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002994 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002995
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002996 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2997 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2998 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002999
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003000 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003001 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003002 return ConvTy;
3003}
3004
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003005/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3006/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003007/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3008///
3009/// int a, *pint;
3010/// short *pshort;
3011/// struct foo *pfoo;
3012///
3013/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3014/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3015/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3016/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3017///
3018/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003019/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003020///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003021Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003022Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003023 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3024 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003025 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3026 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003027
3028 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003029 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003030
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003031 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3032 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3033 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3034 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3035 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3036 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3037 // type.
3038 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3039 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003040 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003041 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003042 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003043
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003044 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3045 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003046 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003047 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3048 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3049 return IntToPointer;
3050 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3051 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003052 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003053 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003054
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003055 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003056 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003057 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3058 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003059 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003060
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003061 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003062 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003063 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003064 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3065 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003066 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003067 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003068 }
3069 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003070 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003071
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003072 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003073 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003074
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003075 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003076 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003077 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003078
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003079 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003080 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003081
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003082 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003083 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003084 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003085
3086 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3087 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3088 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3089 return Compatible;
3090 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003091 return Incompatible;
3092 }
3093
3094 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3095 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003096 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003097
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003098 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3099 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3100 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3101 return Compatible;
3102
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003103 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3104 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003105
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003106 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3107 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003108 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003109 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003110 return Incompatible;
3111 }
3112
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003113 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003114 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003115 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3116 return Compatible;
3117
3118 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003119 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003120
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003121 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003122 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003123
3124 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003125 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003126 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003127 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003128 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003129
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003130 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003131 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003132 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003133 }
3134 return Incompatible;
3135}
3136
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003137/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3138/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3139static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3140 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3141 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3142 // of the transparent union.
3143 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3144 &E, 1,
3145 SourceLocation());
3146 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3147 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3148
3149 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3150 // union type from this initializer list.
3151 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3152 false);
3153}
3154
3155Sema::AssignConvertType
3156Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3157 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3158
3159 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3160 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3161 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3162 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3163 return Incompatible;
3164
3165 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3166 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3167 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3168 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3169 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3170 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3171 it != itend; ++it) {
3172 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3173 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3174 // 1) void pointer
3175 // 2) null pointer constant
3176 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3177 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3178 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3179 InitField = *it;
3180 break;
3181 }
3182
3183 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3184 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3185 InitField = *it;
3186 break;
3187 }
3188 }
3189
3190 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3191 == Compatible) {
3192 InitField = *it;
3193 break;
3194 }
3195 }
3196
3197 if (!InitField)
3198 return Incompatible;
3199
3200 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3201 return Compatible;
3202}
3203
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003204Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003205Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003206 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3207 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3208 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3209 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3210 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003211 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3212 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003213 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003214 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003215 }
3216
3217 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3218 // structures.
3219 }
3220
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003221 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3222 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003223 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3224 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003225 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003226 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003227 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003228 return Compatible;
3229 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003230
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003231 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003232 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003233 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003234 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003235 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003236 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003237 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3238 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003239
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003240 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3241 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003242
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003243 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3244 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003245 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3246 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3247 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3248 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003249 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003250 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003251 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003252}
3253
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003254Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003255Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3256 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3257}
3258
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003259QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003261 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003262 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003263 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003264}
3265
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003266inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003267 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003268 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003269 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003270 QualType lhsType =
3271 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3272 QualType rhsType =
3273 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003274
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003275 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003276 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003277 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003278
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003279 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3280 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003281 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3282 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3283 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003284 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3285 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003286 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003287 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003288 }
3289 }
3290 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003291
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003292 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3293 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003294 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003295 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003296
3297 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003298 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3299 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003300 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003301 return lhsType;
3302 }
3303 }
3304
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003305 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003306 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003307 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003308 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3309
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003310 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003311 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3312 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003313 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003314 return rhsType;
3315 }
3316 }
3317
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003318 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003319 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003320 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003321 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003322 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003323}
3324
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003325inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003327{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003328 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003329 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003331 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003332
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003333 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003334 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003335 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003336}
3337
3338inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003339 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003340{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003341 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3342 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3343 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3344 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3345 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003346
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003347 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003348
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003349 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003350 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003351 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003352}
3353
3354inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003355 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003356{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003357 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3358 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3359 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3360 return compType;
3361 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003362
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003363 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003364
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003365 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003366 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3367 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3368 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003369 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003370 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003371
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003372 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3373 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3374 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3375 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3376
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003377 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003378 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003379 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3380 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3381 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3383 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003384 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003385 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003386 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003387
3388 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3389 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3390 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003391 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003392 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3393 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3394 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3395 return QualType();
3396 }
3397
3398 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3399 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3400 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3401 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003402 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003403 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003404 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3405 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003406 return QualType();
3407
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003408 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3409 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3410 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3411 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3412 return QualType();
3413 }
3414
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003415 if (CompLHSTy) {
3416 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3417 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3418 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3419 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3420 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003421 return PExp->getType();
3422 }
3423 }
3424
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003425 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003426}
3427
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003428// C99 6.5.6
3429QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003430 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3431 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3432 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3433 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3434 return compType;
3435 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003437 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003438
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003439 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003440
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003441 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003442 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3443 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003444 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003445 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003446
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003447 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3448 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003449 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003451 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003452
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003453 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3454 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3455 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3456 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3458 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3459 return QualType();
3460 }
3461
3462 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3463 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3464 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3465 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003467 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003468 return QualType();
3469 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003470
3471 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3472 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3473 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3474 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3475 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3476 lex->getSourceRange(),
3477 SourceRange(),
3478 lex->getType()))
3479 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003480
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003481 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3482 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3483 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3484 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3485 return QualType();
3486 }
3487
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003488 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003489 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3490 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3491 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3492 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3493 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3494 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3495 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3496 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3497
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003498 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003499 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003500 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003501
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003502 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3503 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003504 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003505
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003506 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3507 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3508 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3509 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3510 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3511 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3512 return QualType();
3513 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003514
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003515 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3516 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3517 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3518 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003519 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003520 return QualType();
3521 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003522
3523 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3524 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3525 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3526 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3527 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3528 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3529 rex->getSourceRange(),
3530 SourceRange(),
3531 rex->getType()))
3532 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003533
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003534 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003535 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003536 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003537 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003539 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003540 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003541 return QualType();
3542 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003544 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3545 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3546 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3547 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3548 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3549 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3550 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003551
3552 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003553 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3554 }
3555 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003556
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003557 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003558}
3559
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003560// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003561QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003562 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003563 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3564 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003565 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003566
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003567 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3568 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003569 QualType LHSTy;
3570 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3571 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3572 else
3573 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003574 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003575 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3576
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003577 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003578
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003579 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003580 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003581}
3582
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003583// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003584QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003585 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3586 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3587
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003588 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003589 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003590
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003591 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003592 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3593 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3594 else {
3595 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3596 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3597 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003598 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3599 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003600
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003601 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003602 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3603 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3604 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003605 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3606 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003607 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3608 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3609 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3610 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003611 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3612 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003613 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003614
3615 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3616 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3617 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3618 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3619
3620 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3621 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003622 Expr *literalString = 0;
3623 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003624 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003625 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3626 literalString = lex;
3627 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3628 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003629 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3630 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003631 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3632 literalString = rex;
3633 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3634 }
3635
3636 if (literalString) {
3637 std::string resultComparison;
3638 switch (Opc) {
3639 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3640 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3641 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3642 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3643 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3644 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3645 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3646 }
3647 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3648 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3649 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003650 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3651 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3652 "strcmp(")
3653 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3654 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003655 resultComparison);
3656 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003657 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003659 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003660 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003661
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003662 if (isRelational) {
3663 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003664 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003665 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003666 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003667 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003668 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003669 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003670 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003671
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003672 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003673 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003674 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003676 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3677 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003678
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003679 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3680 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3681 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003682 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003683 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003684 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003685 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003686 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003687
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003688 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003689 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3690 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003691 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003692 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003693 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003694 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003695 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003696 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003697 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003698 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003699 // Handle block pointer types.
3700 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3701 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3702 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003703
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003704 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3705 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003706 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003707 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003708 }
3709 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003710 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003711 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003712 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3713 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3714 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3715 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003717 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003718 }
3719 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003720 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003721 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003722
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003723 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003724 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003725 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3726 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003727 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003728 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003729 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003730 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003732 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3733 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003734 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003735 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003736 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003737 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003738 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003739 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003740 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003741 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003742 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3743 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003744 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003745 } else {
3746 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003747 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003748 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003749 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003750 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003751 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003752 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003753 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003755 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003756 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003757 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003758 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003759 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003760 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003761 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003762 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003763 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003764 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003765 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003766 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003767 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003768 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003769 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003770 // Handle block pointers.
3771 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3772 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003773 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003774 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003775 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003776 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003777 }
3778 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3779 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003780 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003781 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003782 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003783 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003784 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003785 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003786}
3787
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003788/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003789/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003790/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3791/// types.
3792QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003793 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003794 bool isRelational) {
3795 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3796 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003797 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003798 if (vType.isNull())
3799 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003801 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3802 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003803
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003804 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3805 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3806 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3807 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3808 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3809 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3810 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003811 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003812 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003813
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003814 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3815 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3816 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003817 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003818 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003819
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003820 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3821 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3822 if (1) {
3823 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3824 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3825 return QualType();
3826 }
3827
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003828 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3829 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3830 // elements for floating point vectors.
3831 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3832 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003834 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003835 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003836 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003837 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003838 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003839 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3840
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003842 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003843 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3844}
3845
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003846inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003848{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003849 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003850 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003851
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003852 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003853
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003854 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003855 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003856 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003857}
3858
3859inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003860 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003861{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003862 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3863 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003865 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003866 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003867 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003868}
3869
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003870/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3871/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3872/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3873///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003875{
3876 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3877 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3878 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3879 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3880 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003881 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003882 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3883 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3884 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3885 return true;
3886 }
3887 }
3888 return false;
3889}
3890
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003891/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3892/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3893static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003894 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
3895 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
3896 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003897 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3898 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003899 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3900 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003901
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003902 unsigned Diag = 0;
3903 bool NeedType = false;
3904 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3905 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3906 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003907 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003908 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3909 NeedType = true;
3910 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003912 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3913 NeedType = true;
3914 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003915 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003916 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3917 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003918 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003919 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3920 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003921 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3922 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003923 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003924 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3925 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003926 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003927 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3928 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003929 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003930 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3931 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003932 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3933 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3934 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003935 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3936 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3937 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003938 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003939
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003940 SourceRange Assign;
3941 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
3942 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003943 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003944 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003945 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00003946 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003947 return true;
3948}
3949
3950
3951
3952// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003953QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3954 SourceLocation Loc,
3955 QualType CompoundType) {
3956 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3957 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003958 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003959
3960 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3961 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003962
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003963 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003964 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003965 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003966 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003967 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3968 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3969 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3970 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3971 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3972 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3973 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003974
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003975 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3976 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3977 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003978 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003979 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3980 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3981 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3982 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3983 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003984 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003985 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003986 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3987 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3988 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003989 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3990 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003991 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3992 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3993 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003994 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003995 }
3996 } else {
3997 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003998 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003999 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004000
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004001 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4002 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004003 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004004
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004005 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4006 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004007 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004008 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4009 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004010 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
4011 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004012 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004013}
4014
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004015// C99 6.5.17
4016QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004017 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004018 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004019
4020 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4021 // incomplete in C++).
4022
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004023 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004024}
4025
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004026/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4027/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004028QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4029 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004030 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4031 return Context.DependentTy;
4032
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004033 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4034 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004035
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4037 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4038 if (!isInc) {
4039 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4040 return QualType();
4041 }
4042 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4043 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4044 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004045 // OK!
4046 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4047 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004048 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004049 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4050 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4051 << Op->getSourceRange();
4052 return QualType();
4053 }
4054
4055 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004057 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004058 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4059 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4060 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4061 return QualType();
4062 }
4063
4064 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004065 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004066 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4067 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4068 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4069 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004070 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004071 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4072 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004074 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004075 } else {
4076 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004077 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004078 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004079 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004080 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004081 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004082 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004083 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004084 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004085}
4086
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004087/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004088/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004089/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4090/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4091/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4092/// - &(x) => x
4093/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4094/// - &s.xx => s
4095/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4096/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4097/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4098/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004099static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004100 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004101 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004102 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004103 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004104 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004105 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4106 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4107 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004108 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004109 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004110 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004111 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004112 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004113 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4114 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4115 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4116 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4117 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4118 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4119 }
4120 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004121 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004122 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4123 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004124
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004125 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004126 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4127 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4128 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4129 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4130 default:
4131 return 0;
4132 }
4133 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004134 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004135 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004136 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004137 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4138 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004139 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004140 default:
4141 return 0;
4142 }
4143}
4144
4145/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004147/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004148/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004149/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004150/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004151/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004152QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004153 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4154 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4155
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004156 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4157 return Context.DependentTy;
4158
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004159 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4160 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4161 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4162 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4163 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4164 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4165 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4166 }
4167 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4168 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4169 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004170 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004171 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004172
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004173 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004174 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman9895d882009-04-28 17:59:09 +00004175 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004176 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004177 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4178 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004179 return QualType();
4180 }
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004181 } else if (op->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
4182 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4183 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4184 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004185 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004186 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4187 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004188 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004189 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004190 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004191 return QualType();
4192 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004193 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004194 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4195 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4196 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004197 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4198 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004199 return QualType();
4200 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004201 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004202 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004203 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4204 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004205 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4206 // scope qualifier for the class.
4207 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4208 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4209 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4210 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4211 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4212 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004213 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4214 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004215 // As above.
4216 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4217 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4218 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4219 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4220 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4221 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004222 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004223 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004224 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004225 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004226
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004227 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4228 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4229}
4230
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004231QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004232 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4233 return Context.DependentTy;
4234
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004235 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4236 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004237
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004238 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4239 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4240 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4241 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4242 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004243 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004244
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004245 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004246 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004247 return QualType();
4248}
4249
4250static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4251 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4252 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4253 switch (Kind) {
4254 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004255 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4256 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004257 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4258 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4259 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4260 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4261 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4262 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4263 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4264 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4265 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4266 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4267 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4268 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4269 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4270 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4271 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4272 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4273 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4274 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4275 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4276 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4277 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4278 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4279 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4280 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4281 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4282 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4283 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4284 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4285 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4286 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4287 }
4288 return Opc;
4289}
4290
4291static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4292 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4293 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4294 switch (Kind) {
4295 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4296 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4297 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4298 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4299 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4300 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4301 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4302 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4303 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004304 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4305 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4306 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4307 }
4308 return Opc;
4309}
4310
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004311/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4312/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4313/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004314Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4315 unsigned Op,
4316 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004317 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004318 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004319 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4320 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4321 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004322
4323 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004324 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4325 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4326 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004327 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4328 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4329 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4330 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4331 break;
4332 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004333 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4334 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4335 break;
4336 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4337 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4338 break;
4339 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4340 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4341 break;
4342 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4343 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4344 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004345 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004346 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4347 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4348 break;
4349 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4350 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4351 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4352 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004353 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004354 break;
4355 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4356 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004357 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004358 break;
4359 case BinaryOperator::And:
4360 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4361 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4362 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4363 break;
4364 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4365 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4366 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4367 break;
4368 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4369 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004370 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4371 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4372 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4373 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004374 break;
4375 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004376 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4377 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4378 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4379 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004380 break;
4381 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004382 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4383 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4384 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004385 break;
4386 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004387 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4388 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4389 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004390 break;
4391 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4392 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004393 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4394 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4395 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4396 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004397 break;
4398 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4399 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4400 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004401 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4402 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4403 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4404 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004405 break;
4406 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4407 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4408 break;
4409 }
4410 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004411 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004412 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004413 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4414 else
4415 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004416 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4417 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004418}
4419
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004420// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004421Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4422 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4423 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004424 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004425 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004426
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004427 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4428 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004429
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004430 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4431 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4432 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4433 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4434 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4435 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4436 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004437 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004438 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4439 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4440 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4441 Functions);
4442 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4443 DeclarationName OpName
4444 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4445 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004446 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004447
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004448 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4449 // binary operation.
4450 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004451 }
4452
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004453 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4454 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004455}
4456
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004457Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4458 unsigned OpcIn,
4459 ExprArg InputArg) {
4460 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004461
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004462 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4463 // appropriately.
4464 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004465 QualType resultType;
4466 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004467 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4468 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4469 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4470 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4471 break;
4472
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004473 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4474 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004475 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4476 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004477 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004478 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004479 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4480 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004481 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004482 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004483 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4484 break;
4485 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4486 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004487 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4488 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004489 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4490 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004491 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4492 break;
4493 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4494 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4495 break;
4496 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4497 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4498 resultType->isPointerType())
4499 break;
4500
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004501 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4502 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004503 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004504 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4505 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004506 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4507 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004508 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4509 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4510 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004511 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004512 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004513 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004514 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4515 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004516 break;
4517 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4518 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004519 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4520 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004521 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4522 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004523 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004524 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4525 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004526 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004527 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4528 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004529 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004530 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004531 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004532 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004533 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004534 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004535 resultType = Input->getType();
4536 break;
4537 }
4538 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004539 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004540
4541 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004542 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004543}
4544
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004545// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4546Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4547 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4548 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4549 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4550
4551 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4552 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4553 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4554 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4555 // the arguments.
4556 FunctionSet Functions;
4557 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4558 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4559 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4560 Functions);
4561 DeclarationName OpName
4562 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4563 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4564 }
4565
4566 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4567 }
4568
4569 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4570}
4571
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004572/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004573Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4574 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4575 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004576 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004577 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004578
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004579 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4580 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004581 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004582 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004583
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004584 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004585 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4586 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004587}
4588
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004589Sema::OwningExprResult
4590Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4591 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4592 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004593 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4594 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4595
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004596 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004597 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004598 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004599
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004600 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4601 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4602 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004603
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004604 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4605 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4606 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004607
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004608 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4609 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4610 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4611 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4612 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004613
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004614 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004615 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004616 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004617
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004618 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4619 // expressions are not lvalues.
4620
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004621 substmt.release();
4622 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004623}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004624
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004625Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4626 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4627 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4628 TypeTy *argty,
4629 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4630 unsigned NumComponents,
4631 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4632 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4633 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004634 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4635 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004636
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004637 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4638
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004639 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4640 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4641 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004642 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004643 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004644
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004645 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4646 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004647
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004648 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4649 // the offsetof designators.
4650 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4651 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004652 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004653 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004654
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004655 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4656 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004657 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4658 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004659 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004660 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4661 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004662
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004663 if (!Dependent) {
4664 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4665 // leaks like a sieve.
4666 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4667 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4668 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4669 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4670 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4671 if (!AT) {
4672 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004673 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4674 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004675 }
4676
4677 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4678
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004679 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4680 // expression.
4681 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4682
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004683 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4684 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004685 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004686 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004687 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004688 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004689 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004690
4691 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4692 OC.LocEnd);
4693 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004694 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004695
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004696 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4697 if (!RC) {
4698 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004699 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4700 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004701 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004702
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004703 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4704 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4705 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4706 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4707 LookupMemberName)
4708 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004709 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004710 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004711 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4712 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004713
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004714 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4715 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004716 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004717 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4718 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004719 } else {
4720 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4721 // doesn't matter here.
4722 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4723 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4724 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004725 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004726 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004728 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4729 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004730}
4731
4732
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004733Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4734 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4735 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004736 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4737 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004738
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004739 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004740
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004741 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4742 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004743}
4744
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004745Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4746 ExprArg cond,
4747 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4748 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4749 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4750 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4751 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004752
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004753 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4754
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004755 QualType resType;
4756 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4757 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4758 } else {
4759 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4760 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4761 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4762 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004763 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4764 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4765 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004766
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004767 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4768 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4769 }
4770
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004771 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4772 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4773 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004774}
4775
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004776//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4777// Clang Extensions.
4778//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4779
4780/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004781void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004782 // Analyze block parameters.
4783 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004784
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004785 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4786 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4787 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004788
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004789 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4790 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004791 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004792 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4793 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004794
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004795 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004796 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004797}
4798
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004799void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4800 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4801
Mike Stump6c92fa72009-04-29 21:40:37 +00004802 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
4803
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004804 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4805 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4806 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4807
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00004808 if (T->isArrayType()) {
4809 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4810 diag::err_block_returns_array);
4811 return;
4812 }
4813
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004814 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4815 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4816 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4817
4818 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4819 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004820
4821 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4822
4823 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4824 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4825 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4826 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4827 return;
4828 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004829 return;
4830 }
4831
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004832 // Analyze arguments to block.
4833 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4834 "Not a function declarator!");
4835 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004836
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004837 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4838 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004840 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4841 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4842 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4843 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004844 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4845 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004846 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004847 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004848 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4849 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004850 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004851 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004852 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004853 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004854 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004855
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004856 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4857 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4858 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4859 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4860 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004861
4862 // Analyze the return type.
4863 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4864 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4865
4866 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4867 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4868 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4869 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4870 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4871 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004872}
4873
4874/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4875/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4876void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4877 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4878 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004879
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004880 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4881
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004882 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00004883 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004884 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004885 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004886}
4887
4888/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4889/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004890Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4891 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004892 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4893 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4894 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4895
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004896 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4897 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004898
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004899 PopDeclContext();
4900
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004901 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4902 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004904 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4905 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4906 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004907
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004908 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4909 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4910 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004911
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004912 QualType BlockTy;
4913 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004914 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004915 else
4916 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004917 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004918
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004919 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4920
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004921 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004923 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
4924 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
4925 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
4926 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4927
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004928 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004929 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4930 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004931}
4932
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004933Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4934 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4935 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004936 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004937 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4938 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4939
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004940 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004941
4942 // Get the va_list type
4943 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4944 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4945 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4946 // a pointer for va_arg.
4947 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4948 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004949 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4950 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004951
Chris Lattner3f419762009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004952 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004953 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4954 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004955 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004956 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004957
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004958 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004959 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004960
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004961 expr.release();
4962 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4963 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004964}
4965
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004966Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004967 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4968 // pointers on the target.
4969 QualType Ty;
4970 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4971 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4972 else
4973 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4974
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004975 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004976}
4977
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004978bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4979 SourceLocation Loc,
4980 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4981 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4982 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4983 bool isInvalid = false;
4984 unsigned DiagKind;
4985 switch (ConvTy) {
4986 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4987 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004988 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004989 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4990 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004991 case IntToPointer:
4992 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4993 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004994 case IncompatiblePointer:
4995 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4996 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004997 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4998 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4999 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005000 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5001 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5002 break;
5003 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005004 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5005 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5006 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5007 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5008 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5009 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5010 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5011 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5012 // C++ semantics.
5013 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5014 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5015 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005016 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5017 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005018 case IntToBlockPointer:
5019 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5020 break;
5021 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005022 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005023 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005024 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005025 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005026 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5027 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5028 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005029 case IncompatibleVectors:
5030 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5031 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005032 case Incompatible:
5033 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5034 isInvalid = true;
5035 break;
5036 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005037
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005038 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5039 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005040 return isInvalid;
5041}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005042
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005043bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005044 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5045 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5046 if (Result)
5047 *Result = ICEResult;
5048 return false;
5049 }
5050
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005051 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5052
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005053 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005054 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5055 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5056
5057 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5058 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5059 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5060 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5061 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5062 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5063 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005064
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005065 return true;
5066 }
5067
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005068 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5069 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005070
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005071 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5072 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5073 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005074
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005075 if (Result)
5076 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5077 return false;
5078}